1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright (C) 1993-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
43 #include "libiberty.h"
44 #include "safe-ctype.h"
45 #include "elf-linux-psinfo.h"
51 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
52 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
53 static bfd_boolean
prep_headers (bfd
*);
54 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct bfd_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
55 static bfd_boolean
elf_read_notes (bfd
*, file_ptr
, bfd_size_type
) ;
56 static bfd_boolean
elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
59 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
60 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
61 need to move into elfcode.h. */
63 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
66 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
67 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
68 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
70 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
71 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
72 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
73 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
74 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
75 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
76 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
79 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
82 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
83 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
84 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
86 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
90 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
95 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
98 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
99 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
100 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
102 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
103 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
106 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
109 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
110 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
111 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
113 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
114 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
117 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
120 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
121 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
122 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
124 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
125 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
126 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
127 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
128 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
131 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
134 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
135 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
136 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
138 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
139 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
140 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
145 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
148 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
149 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
150 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
152 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
153 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
154 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
155 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
156 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
159 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
162 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
163 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
164 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
166 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
167 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
168 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
169 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
170 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
173 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
176 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
177 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
178 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
180 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
183 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
186 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
187 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
188 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
190 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
193 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
194 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
197 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
199 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
204 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
207 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
210 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
211 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
215 return h
& 0xffffffff;
218 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
219 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
222 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
224 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
225 unsigned long h
= 5381;
228 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
229 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
230 return h
& 0xffffffff;
233 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
234 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
236 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
238 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
240 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
241 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
242 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
245 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
246 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
248 struct output_elf_obj_tdata
*o
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof *o
);
251 elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
= o
;
252 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
259 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
261 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
262 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
267 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
269 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
270 if (!abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
))
272 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
));
273 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
!= NULL
;
277 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
279 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
280 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
282 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
284 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
286 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
287 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
290 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
291 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
293 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
294 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
295 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
297 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
298 in case the string table is not terminated. */
299 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
300 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
301 || (shstrtab
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1)) == NULL
)
303 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab
, shstrtabsize
, abfd
) != shstrtabsize
)
305 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call
)
306 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
307 bfd_release (abfd
, shstrtab
);
309 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
310 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
311 the string table over and over. */
312 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
315 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
316 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
318 return (char *) shstrtab
;
322 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
323 unsigned int shindex
,
324 unsigned int strindex
)
326 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
331 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
334 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
336 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
338 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
&& hdr
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
)
340 /* PR 17512: file: f057ec89. */
341 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: attempt to load strings from a non-string section (number %d)"),
346 if (bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
350 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
352 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
353 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
354 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
355 abfd
, strindex
, (unsigned long) hdr
->sh_size
,
356 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
358 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
362 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
365 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
366 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
367 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
368 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
369 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
370 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
371 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
374 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
375 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
378 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
380 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
382 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
384 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
385 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
386 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
387 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
388 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
389 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
390 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
395 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
401 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
403 if (symtab_hdr
== &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_hdr
)
404 shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
406 /* Read the symbols. */
408 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
410 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
411 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
412 amt
= symcount
* extsym_size
;
413 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
414 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
416 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, extsym_size
);
417 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
419 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
420 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
421 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
427 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
431 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
432 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
433 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
435 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*)
436 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
437 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
439 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
440 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
441 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
448 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
450 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*)
451 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
));
452 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
453 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
457 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
458 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
459 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
460 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
462 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
463 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
465 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
466 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
467 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
468 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
469 if (alloc_intsym
!= NULL
)
476 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
478 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
479 free (alloc_extshndx
);
484 /* Look up a symbol name. */
486 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
487 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
488 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
492 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
493 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
495 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
496 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
497 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
499 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
500 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
503 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
506 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
507 name
= bfd_section_name (abfd
, sym_sec
);
512 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
513 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
516 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
517 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
519 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
521 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
522 signature just a string? */
525 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
527 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
528 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
529 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
530 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
532 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
533 that it is a symbol table section. */
534 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
536 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
537 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
538 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
541 /* Go read the symbol. */
542 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
543 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
544 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
547 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
550 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
553 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
555 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
557 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
558 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
561 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
563 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
564 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
565 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
568 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
569 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
570 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
571 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
572 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
574 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
576 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
578 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
584 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
585 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
589 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
590 so we can find them quickly. */
593 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
594 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**)
595 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_group
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
596 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
600 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
602 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
604 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
607 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
609 /* Add to list of sections. */
610 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
613 /* Read the raw contents. */
614 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4);
615 amt
= shdr
->sh_size
* sizeof (*dest
) / 4;
616 shdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *)
617 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
, sizeof (*dest
) / 4);
618 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
619 if (shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
622 (_("%B: corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
);
623 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
628 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
630 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
631 || (bfd_bread (shdr
->contents
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
635 (_("%B: invalid size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
);
636 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
638 /* PR 17510: If the group contents are even partially
639 corrupt, do not allow any of the contents to be used. */
640 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
644 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
645 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
646 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
648 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
649 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
657 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
658 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
661 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
662 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
663 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
668 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
669 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd
));
672 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
677 /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups. */
678 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
)
680 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
682 /* If all groups are invalid then fail. */
685 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
686 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
= -1;
687 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: no valid group sections found"), abfd
);
688 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
694 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
698 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
700 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
701 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
702 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
704 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
705 section is a member. */
707 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
711 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
712 other members to see if any others are linked via
714 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
715 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
717 if ((s
= (++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
718 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
722 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
723 insert current section in circular list. */
724 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
725 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
726 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
732 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
735 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
737 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
738 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
741 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
743 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
744 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
752 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
754 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
762 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
765 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
766 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
769 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
770 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
772 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
773 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
775 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
776 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
777 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
778 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
781 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
782 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
783 bed
->link_order_error_handler
784 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
789 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
791 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
793 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
794 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
798 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
799 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
802 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
803 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
804 s
->owner
, s
, elfsec
);
808 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
813 /* Process section groups. */
814 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
817 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
819 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
820 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
821 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
824 if ((++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
)
825 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
826 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
827 || idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
828 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
829 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
830 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
831 relocation sections are in section group in input object
833 shdr
->bfd_section
->size
-= 4;
836 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
837 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
838 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
840 (unsigned int) idx
->shdr
->sh_type
,
841 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
842 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
845 shdr
->bfd_section
->name
);
853 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
855 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
858 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
859 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
862 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
863 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
869 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
871 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
874 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
878 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
879 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
880 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
882 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
883 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
884 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
886 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
888 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
889 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
890 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, newsect
,
891 bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
894 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
895 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
896 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
897 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
898 flags
|= SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
;
899 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
902 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
905 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
906 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
907 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
909 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
911 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
914 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
915 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
916 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
918 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
919 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
921 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
922 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
923 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
924 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
926 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
928 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
929 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
936 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'n')
937 p
= ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", n
= 17;
938 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'd')
939 p
= ".gdb_index", n
= 11; /* yes we really do mean 11. */
940 else if (name
[1] == 'l')
942 else if (name
[1] == 's')
944 else if (name
[1] == 'z')
945 p
= ".zdebug", n
= 7;
948 if (p
!= NULL
&& strncmp (name
, p
, n
) == 0)
949 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
953 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
954 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
955 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
956 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
957 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
958 all but one of the sections. */
959 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
960 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
961 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
963 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
964 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
965 if (! bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags
, hdr
))
968 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, newsect
, flags
))
971 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
972 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
973 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
974 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
978 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
981 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, -1);
985 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
987 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
988 unsigned int i
, nload
;
990 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
991 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
992 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
993 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
994 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
995 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
996 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
998 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
1000 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
1003 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1004 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1006 if (((phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
1007 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
1008 || phdr
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
1009 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
1011 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
1012 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1013 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
1015 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
1016 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
1017 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
1018 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
1019 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
1020 segment will contain sections with contiguous
1021 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
1022 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1023 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
1025 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
1026 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1027 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1028 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1029 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
1030 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
1031 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
1037 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1038 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1039 if ((flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
1040 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
1041 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
1043 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
1046 if (bfd_is_section_compressed (abfd
, newsect
))
1048 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1049 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1050 action
= decompress
;
1054 /* Normal section. Check if we should compress. */
1055 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
) && newsect
->size
!= 0)
1065 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1067 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1068 (_("%B: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1072 /* PR binutils/18087: Compression does not always make a section
1073 smaller. So only rename the section when compression has
1074 actually taken place. */
1075 if (newsect
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
)
1079 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
1081 new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
1082 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1086 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
1091 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1093 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1094 (_("%B: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1100 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
1102 new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
1103 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1106 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
1110 if (new_name
!= NULL
)
1111 bfd_rename_section (abfd
, newsect
, new_name
);
1117 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] = {
1118 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1119 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1120 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1123 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1124 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1125 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1126 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1127 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1128 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1129 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1130 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1131 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1133 bfd_reloc_status_type
1134 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1135 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1137 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1138 asection
*input_section
,
1140 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1142 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1143 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1144 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1145 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1147 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1148 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1151 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1154 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1158 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1160 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1161 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1164 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
1166 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1167 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1170 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1172 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1173 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] =
1174 elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
];
1176 /* Copy object attributes. */
1177 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1182 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1187 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1188 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1189 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1190 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1191 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1192 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1193 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1194 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1195 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1196 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1197 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1198 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1203 /* Print out the program headers. */
1206 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1208 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1209 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1211 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1213 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1218 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1219 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1220 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1222 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1227 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1230 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1231 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1232 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1233 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1234 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1235 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1236 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1237 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1238 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1239 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1240 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1241 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1242 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1243 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1244 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1245 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1246 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1251 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1254 unsigned int elfsec
;
1255 unsigned long shlink
;
1256 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1258 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1260 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1262 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1265 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1266 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1268 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1270 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1271 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1274 /* PR 17512: file: 6f427532. */
1275 if (s
->size
< extdynsize
)
1277 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1278 /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664.
1280 for (; extdyn
<= (extdynend
- extdynsize
); extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1282 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1283 const char *name
= "";
1285 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1286 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1288 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1290 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1297 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1298 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1300 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1302 sprintf (ab
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_tag
);
1307 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1308 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1309 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1310 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1311 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1312 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1313 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1314 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1315 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1316 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1317 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1318 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1319 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1320 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1321 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1322 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1323 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1324 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1325 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1326 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1327 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1328 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1329 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1330 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1331 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1332 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1333 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1334 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1335 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1336 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1337 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1338 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1339 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1340 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1341 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1342 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1343 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1344 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1345 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1346 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1347 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1348 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1349 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1350 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1351 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1352 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1353 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1354 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1355 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1356 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1357 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1358 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1359 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1360 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1361 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1362 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1363 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1364 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1367 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1371 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1376 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1378 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1381 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1390 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1391 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1393 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1397 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1399 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1401 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1402 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1404 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1405 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1406 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1407 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1409 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1412 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1416 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1422 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1424 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1426 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1427 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1429 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1431 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1432 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1433 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1434 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1435 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1436 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1448 /* Get version string. */
1451 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1452 bfd_boolean
*hidden
)
1454 const char *version_string
= NULL
;
1455 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0
1456 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0))
1458 unsigned int vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
;
1460 *hidden
= (vernum
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0;
1461 vernum
&= VERSYM_VERSION
;
1464 version_string
= "";
1465 else if (vernum
== 1)
1466 version_string
= "Base";
1467 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1469 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1472 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1474 version_string
= "";
1475 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1479 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1481 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1483 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1485 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1492 return version_string
;
1495 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1498 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1501 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1503 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1506 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1507 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1509 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1510 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1511 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1512 fprintf (file
, " %lx", (unsigned long) symbol
->flags
);
1514 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1516 const char *section_name
;
1517 const char *name
= NULL
;
1518 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1519 unsigned char st_other
;
1521 const char *version_string
;
1524 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1526 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1527 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1528 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1532 name
= symbol
->name
;
1533 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1536 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1537 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1538 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1539 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1540 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1541 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1542 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1544 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1545 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1547 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1548 version_string
= _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd
,
1554 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
1559 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
1560 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
1565 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1566 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
1571 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
1572 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
1573 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
1575 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1577 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
1580 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
1586 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1588 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*
1589 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1591 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*ret
;
1593 ret
= _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1598 loc
= _bfd_stringtab_add (ret
, "", TRUE
, FALSE
);
1599 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== 0 || loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1);
1600 if (loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
1602 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret
);
1609 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1611 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1614 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
1616 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
1617 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
1618 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1620 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
1621 static bfd_boolean
* sections_being_created
= NULL
;
1622 static bfd
* sections_being_created_abfd
= NULL
;
1623 static unsigned int nesting
= 0;
1625 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
1630 /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a recursive group of
1631 sections, with each the string indicies pointing to the next in the
1632 loop. Detect this here, by refusing to load a section that we are
1633 already in the process of loading. We only trigger this test if
1634 we have nested at least three sections deep as normal ELF binaries
1635 can expect to recurse at least once.
1637 FIXME: It would be better if this array was attached to the bfd,
1638 rather than being held in a static pointer. */
1640 if (sections_being_created_abfd
!= abfd
)
1641 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
1642 if (sections_being_created
== NULL
)
1644 /* FIXME: It would be more efficient to attach this array to the bfd somehow. */
1645 sections_being_created
= (bfd_boolean
*)
1646 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, elf_numsections (abfd
) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
1647 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
1649 if (sections_being_created
[shindex
])
1651 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1652 (_("%B: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd
);
1655 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = TRUE
;
1658 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
1659 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1660 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
1665 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1666 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
1669 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1672 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
1673 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
1674 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
1675 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
1676 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
1677 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
1678 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
1679 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1680 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1681 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1684 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1685 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1688 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
1690 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
1691 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
1692 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
1695 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
1696 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
1697 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
1699 /* Otherwise fall through. */
1704 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
1706 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
1708 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
1710 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1711 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1712 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1713 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
1715 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
1716 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1720 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1722 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1723 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1725 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1726 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1728 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1736 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table. */
1737 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1740 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1743 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
1745 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
1747 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
1748 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
1749 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
1754 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1755 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1756 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1757 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
1758 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1760 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1761 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1762 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1763 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1764 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1766 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
1767 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
1768 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1772 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1773 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1774 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1775 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)]->sh_link
!= shindex
)
1777 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1779 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1780 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1782 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1783 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1784 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1788 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
1790 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1791 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1792 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1796 ret
= bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
1800 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table. */
1801 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1804 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1807 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
1809 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
1812 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
1813 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
1814 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
1819 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1820 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1821 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1822 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
1823 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1825 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1826 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1827 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1830 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections. */
1831 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == shindex
)
1834 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == 0);
1835 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) = shindex
;
1836 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
= *hdr
;
1837 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
1840 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table. */
1841 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1844 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
1846 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1847 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
1851 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1854 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1855 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
1859 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1862 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1863 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
1864 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
1865 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1867 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1872 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1873 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1874 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1875 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
1877 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1879 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1880 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1882 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1883 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1885 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1888 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
1890 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
1892 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
1893 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
1897 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1902 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
1904 asection
*target_sect
;
1905 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
1906 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1907 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
1911 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
1912 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
1915 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
1916 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
1918 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
1919 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
1920 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
));
1921 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1926 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
1927 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
1928 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
1929 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
1930 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
1931 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
1932 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
1934 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
1935 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0
1936 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
1937 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
1943 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
1945 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1946 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1957 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
1960 /* Get the symbol table. */
1961 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1962 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1963 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
1966 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
1967 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
1968 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
1969 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
1970 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
1971 section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or its
1972 sh_link points to the null section. */
1973 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
1974 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
1975 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
1976 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
1977 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
1978 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
1980 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1985 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
1988 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
1989 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
1992 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
1993 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
1994 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
1996 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
1998 /* PR 17512: file: 0b4f81b7. */
2001 amt
= sizeof (*hdr2
);
2002 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2007 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2008 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
2009 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2010 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2011 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2012 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2013 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2014 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2016 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2017 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
2019 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2023 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2024 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2025 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2026 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2029 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2030 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2033 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2034 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2035 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2038 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2039 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2040 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2041 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2048 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
2051 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2054 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
2056 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) hdr
->contents
;
2057 unsigned int n_elt
= hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (* idx
);
2062 if (idx
->flags
& GRP_COMDAT
)
2063 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
2064 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
2066 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
2069 while (--n_elt
!= 0)
2073 if (idx
->shdr
!= NULL
2074 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
2075 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
2077 elf_next_in_group (hdr
->bfd_section
) = s
;
2085 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
2086 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
2087 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
2089 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2091 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
2095 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2096 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2099 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2101 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2102 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2103 for applications? */
2104 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2105 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
2106 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2107 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2110 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2111 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2116 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2117 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2118 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2119 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2120 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
2122 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2123 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2125 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2126 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
2127 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2128 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2129 be rejected with an error message. */
2130 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2131 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
2133 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2136 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2137 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2142 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2143 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2144 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2145 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2153 if (sections_being_created
&& sections_being_created_abfd
== abfd
)
2154 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = FALSE
;
2155 if (-- nesting
== 0)
2157 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2158 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
2163 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2166 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2168 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2170 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2172 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2174 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2175 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2176 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2178 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2179 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2180 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2183 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2185 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2188 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2191 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2194 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2198 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2200 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2202 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2205 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2207 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2208 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2211 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2213 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2214 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2217 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2219 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2220 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2221 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2222 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2223 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2224 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2225 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2226 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2227 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2228 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2229 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2230 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2231 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2232 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2235 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2237 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2238 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2239 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2242 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2244 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2245 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2246 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2247 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2248 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2249 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2250 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2251 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2252 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2253 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2256 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2258 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2259 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2262 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2264 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2265 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2266 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2267 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2270 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2272 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2273 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2276 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2278 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2279 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2280 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2283 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2285 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2286 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2287 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2290 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2292 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2293 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2294 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2295 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2296 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2299 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2301 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2302 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2303 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2304 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2305 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2306 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2307 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2310 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2312 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2313 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2314 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2315 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2318 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2320 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2321 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2322 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2323 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2324 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2327 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
* const special_sections
[] =
2329 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2330 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2331 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2333 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2334 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2335 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2336 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2339 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2341 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2343 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2345 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2346 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2347 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2353 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2356 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2357 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2358 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2364 len
= strlen (name
);
2366 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2369 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2371 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2373 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2376 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2377 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2379 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2381 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2383 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2384 && (suffix_len
== -2
2385 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2391 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2393 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2394 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2404 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2405 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2408 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2409 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2411 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2412 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2415 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2416 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2419 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2420 bed
->special_sections
,
2426 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2429 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2430 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2433 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2438 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2442 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2444 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2445 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2446 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2448 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2451 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2455 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2458 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2459 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2460 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2462 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2463 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2464 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2465 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2466 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2467 elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array
2468 output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input
2469 sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to
2470 copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */
2471 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
2472 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
2474 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2477 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
2478 || ssect
->type
== SHT_INIT_ARRAY
2479 || ssect
->type
== SHT_FINI_ARRAY
))
2481 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2482 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2486 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2489 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2491 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2492 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2493 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2494 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2496 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2497 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2498 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2499 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2500 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2501 of combined data+bss.
2503 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2504 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2505 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2506 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2507 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2512 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2513 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2515 const char *type_name
)
2523 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2524 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2525 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2527 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2529 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2530 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2531 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2534 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2535 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2536 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2538 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
2539 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
2540 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2541 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2542 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2543 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2544 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2546 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2547 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2548 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2550 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2552 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2555 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2557 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2561 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
2565 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
2566 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2567 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2570 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2571 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2572 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2574 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2575 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2576 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
2577 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2578 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
2579 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
2580 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
2581 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
2582 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2584 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2585 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2586 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2587 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2588 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2589 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2590 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
2592 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2593 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2594 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2596 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2597 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2604 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
2606 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2608 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
2611 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
2614 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load");
2617 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
2620 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
2623 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
2625 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
))
2630 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
2633 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
2635 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
2636 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
2640 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
2643 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
2646 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2647 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2648 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
2652 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
2656 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
2658 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
2660 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
2661 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
2664 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
2667 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
2668 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
2669 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
2673 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2674 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
2676 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
2678 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
2680 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2683 amt
= sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
);
2684 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
2685 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2686 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
2688 amt
= sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect
->name
);
2689 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2692 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", asect
->name
);
2694 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
2696 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2698 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
2699 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
2700 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
2701 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
2702 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
2703 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
2704 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2705 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2706 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2711 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
2714 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
2716 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2717 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
2719 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
2722 struct fake_section_arg
2724 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
2728 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2731 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
2733 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
2734 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2735 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
2736 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
2737 unsigned int sh_type
;
2741 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2746 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
2748 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
2749 asect
->name
, FALSE
);
2750 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2756 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2758 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2759 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
2760 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
2762 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2764 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2765 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
2766 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
2767 /* PR 17512: file: 0eb809fe, 8b0535ee. */
2768 if (asect
->alignment_power
>= (sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 1)
2770 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2771 (_("%B: error: Alignment power %d of section `%A' is too big"),
2772 abfd
, asect
, asect
->alignment_power
);
2776 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
;
2777 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2778 copy_private_section_data. */
2780 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
2781 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
2783 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2785 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
2786 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
2788 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
2790 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
2791 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2792 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
2793 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
2794 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2796 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
2797 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
2798 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
2799 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
2800 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2801 (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
2802 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2805 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
2811 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
2812 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
2813 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
2820 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
2824 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
2828 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2832 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
2833 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
2837 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
2838 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
2841 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2842 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
2845 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2846 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2847 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2848 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2850 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2851 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
2853 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
2854 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
2857 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2858 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2859 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2860 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2862 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2863 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
2865 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
2866 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
2870 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
2874 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
2878 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2879 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
2880 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
2881 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
2882 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
2883 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
2884 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
2886 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
2887 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
2888 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
2889 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
2891 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
2892 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
2893 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
2895 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
2896 if (asect
->size
== 0
2897 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
2899 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
2901 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2904 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
2905 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2906 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
2910 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
2911 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
2913 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2914 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2915 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2916 create the other. */
2917 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
2919 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
2922 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
2923 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
2924 && (arg
->link_info
->relocatable
|| arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
2926 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
2927 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, asect
, FALSE
))
2932 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
2933 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, asect
, TRUE
))
2939 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
2941 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
2947 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2948 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
2949 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
2950 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
2953 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
2955 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
2956 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
2957 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2961 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
2962 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
2963 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
2964 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
2967 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
2969 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) failedptrarg
;
2970 asection
*elt
, *first
;
2974 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2976 if (((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
)
2980 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
2982 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
2984 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
2986 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
2987 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
2991 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2992 elf_section_syms. */
2993 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
);
2994 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
2996 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
2998 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
3000 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
3001 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
3002 set until all local symbols are output. */
3003 asection
*igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
3004 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
3005 unsigned long symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
3006 unsigned long extsymoff
= 0;
3007 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3009 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
3011 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3013 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
3014 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3016 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
3017 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3018 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3019 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3021 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
3024 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
3026 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3029 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
3031 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
3032 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
3033 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3040 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
3042 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
3043 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
3044 start of the input section group. */
3045 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
3047 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
3048 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
3049 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
3050 directives, not that it matters. */
3057 s
= s
->output_section
;
3059 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
3061 unsigned int idx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3064 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, idx
, loc
);
3066 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
3071 if ((loc
-= 4) != sec
->contents
)
3074 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
3077 /* Return the section which RELOC_SEC applies to. */
3080 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_section (asection
*reloc_sec
)
3086 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
3089 type
= elf_section_data (reloc_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
;
3090 if (type
!= SHT_REL
&& type
!= SHT_RELA
)
3093 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3094 name
= reloc_sec
->name
;
3095 if (type
== SHT_REL
)
3100 /* If a target needs .got.plt section, relocations in rela.plt/rel.plt
3101 section apply to .got.plt section. */
3102 abfd
= reloc_sec
->owner
;
3103 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->want_got_plt
3104 && strcmp (name
, ".plt") == 0)
3107 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3111 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
3112 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
3113 in here too, while we're at it. */
3116 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3118 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
3120 unsigned int section_number
, secn
;
3121 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
3122 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
3123 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3127 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3129 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
3130 if (link_info
== NULL
|| link_info
->relocatable
)
3132 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3133 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3135 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3137 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
3139 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
3141 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3142 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
3143 abfd
->section_count
--;
3146 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3151 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3153 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3155 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
3156 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3157 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3160 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
3161 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3168 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
3169 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3175 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3176 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3177 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
3179 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3180 || (link_info
== NULL
3181 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3185 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3186 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3187 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
3189 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3190 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
3191 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3192 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3193 if (t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3196 elf_strtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3197 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3200 if (section_number
>= SHN_LORESERVE
)
3202 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: too many sections: %u"),
3203 abfd
, section_number
);
3207 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3208 t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3210 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3211 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3213 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3215 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, section_number
,
3216 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
3217 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3220 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3221 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3222 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3224 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3228 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3230 i_shdrp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3233 i_shdrp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3234 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3236 i_shdrp
[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3237 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3239 i_shdrp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3240 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
3243 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3247 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3249 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3250 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3251 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3252 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3253 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3255 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3257 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3258 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3259 the relocation entries apply. */
3260 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3262 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3263 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3264 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3266 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3268 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3269 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3270 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3273 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3274 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3276 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3279 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3280 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3282 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3283 if (discarded_section (s
))
3286 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3287 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3288 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3290 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3291 size as the discarded one. */
3292 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3295 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3301 s
= s
->output_section
;
3302 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3306 /* Handle objcopy. */
3307 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3309 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3310 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3311 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3312 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3315 s
= s
->output_section
;
3317 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3322 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3323 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3324 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3326 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3327 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3328 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
3329 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3330 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3335 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3339 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3340 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3341 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3342 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3343 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3344 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3345 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3347 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3349 s
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->get_reloc_section (sec
);
3352 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3353 d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3358 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3359 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3360 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3361 field to point to this section. */
3362 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3363 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3368 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3369 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3372 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3373 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3374 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3378 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3380 /* This is a .stab section. */
3381 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
3382 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
3383 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
3390 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3391 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3392 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3393 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3395 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3397 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3400 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3401 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3402 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3403 the version strings. */
3404 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3405 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3407 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3412 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3413 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3414 this hash table or version table is for. */
3415 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3417 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3421 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3425 for (secn
= 1; secn
< section_number
; ++secn
)
3426 if (i_shdrp
[secn
] == NULL
)
3427 i_shdrp
[secn
] = i_shdrp
[0];
3429 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3430 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
);
3435 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3437 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3438 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3439 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
3440 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
3442 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
3443 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym
))
3444 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym
)));
3447 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3448 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
3451 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3453 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
3455 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
3458 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, sym
);
3459 return ((type_ptr
!= NULL
3460 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
3461 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
3462 || !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
3463 || (sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
3464 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)
3465 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
)));
3468 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3469 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3472 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int *pnum_locals
)
3474 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
3475 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
3476 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
3477 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
3478 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
3479 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
3480 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
3487 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3491 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3493 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
3494 max_index
= asect
->index
;
3498 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, max_index
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3499 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
3501 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
3502 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
3504 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3505 decided to output. */
3506 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3508 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3510 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3512 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
3513 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
3515 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
3517 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
3518 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
3520 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
3524 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3525 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3527 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3529 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3533 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3534 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3535 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3536 at least in that case. */
3537 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3539 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3541 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
3548 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3549 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_locals
+ num_globals
,
3550 sizeof (asymbol
*));
3552 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
3555 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3557 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3560 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3561 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3562 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
3567 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3569 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3571 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3573 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
3576 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
3577 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3580 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3582 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3586 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
3588 *pnum_locals
= num_locals
;
3592 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3593 ELF data structure. */
3595 static inline file_ptr
3596 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
3598 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
3601 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3602 required section alignment. */
3605 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
3609 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
3610 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
3611 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
3612 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
3613 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
3614 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
3615 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
3619 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3620 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3621 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3624 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
3625 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3627 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3628 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
3630 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
3631 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
3632 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3634 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
3637 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3638 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
3639 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3641 if (! prep_headers (abfd
))
3644 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3645 (*bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3647 fsargs
.failed
= FALSE
;
3648 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
3649 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
3653 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
3656 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3657 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
3658 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3659 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3663 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3664 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
3666 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
3671 if (link_info
== NULL
)
3673 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
3678 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
3679 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3680 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
3681 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3682 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3683 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3684 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3685 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3686 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
3687 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3688 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
3690 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
3696 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3698 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
3700 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3701 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3703 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3704 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3705 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3707 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
3708 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3710 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
3712 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3714 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
3715 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
3717 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab
);
3720 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
3725 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3726 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3728 static bfd_size_type
3729 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3733 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3735 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3736 and one for data. */
3739 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3740 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3742 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3743 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3744 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3749 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
3751 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3755 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
3757 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
3761 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
))
3763 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3767 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
3769 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3773 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3775 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3776 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
3778 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3780 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
3781 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
3782 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
3783 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
3784 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
3785 so we check whether the sections are correctly
3787 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
3788 while (s
->next
!= NULL
3789 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
3790 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3791 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->next
->name
, ".note"))
3796 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3798 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3800 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3806 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3807 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3808 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
3812 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
3818 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
3821 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
3824 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
3826 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3827 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
3829 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
3835 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
3836 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
3843 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3845 static struct elf_segment_map
*
3846 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
3847 asection
**sections
,
3852 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3857 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3858 amt
+= (to
- from
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
3859 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3863 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
3864 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3865 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
3866 m
->count
= to
- from
;
3868 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
3870 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3871 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
3872 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3878 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3881 struct elf_segment_map
*
3882 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
3884 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3886 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3887 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
3891 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
3893 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
3898 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3901 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
3902 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3903 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load
)
3905 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
3906 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3908 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
3909 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
3910 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
3911 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
3913 m
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
3916 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
3918 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
3920 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3921 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3922 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
3924 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
3928 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
3930 if (remove_empty_load
&& (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& (*m
)->count
== 0)
3936 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3937 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
3939 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
3946 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3949 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3952 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3953 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
3954 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3955 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs
;
3957 no_user_phdrs
= elf_seg_map (abfd
) == NULL
;
3960 info
->user_phdrs
= !no_user_phdrs
;
3962 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
3966 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
3967 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
3970 unsigned int phdr_index
;
3971 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
3973 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
3974 bfd_boolean writable
;
3976 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
3977 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
3979 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0;
3981 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3983 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd
),
3984 sizeof (asection
*));
3985 if (sections
== NULL
)
3988 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
3989 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
3991 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
3992 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
3995 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3997 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
4001 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
4002 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
4003 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
;
4006 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
4009 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
4011 /* Build the mapping. */
4016 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
4017 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
4019 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4020 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4022 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4023 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4027 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
4028 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
4029 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_X
;
4030 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4031 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4036 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4037 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4041 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
4049 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
4050 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
4051 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
4055 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4056 /* PR 17512: file: c8455299.
4057 Avoid divide-by-zero errors later on.
4058 FIXME: Should we abort if the maxpagesize is zero ? */
4059 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
4062 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4064 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
4067 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
4068 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
4069 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
4070 program headers we will need. */
4073 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
4075 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4076 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
4077 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4078 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
4079 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
4080 || ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) % maxpagesize
4081 < phdr_size
% maxpagesize
)
4082 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
) < wrap_to
)
4083 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4086 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4089 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
4093 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
4096 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
4098 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
4099 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
4100 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4102 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
4104 /* If this section has a different relation between the
4105 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
4109 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
4110 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
4112 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
4113 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
4116 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
4117 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
4118 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
4119 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
4120 section can be included in the current segment. */
4121 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
4123 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
4126 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
4127 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
4130 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
4131 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
4133 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
4134 nonloadable section in the same segment.
4135 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
4138 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4140 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
4141 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
4142 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
4143 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4146 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
4147 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
4148 != (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
4150 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
4151 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
4152 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
4153 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
4154 only case in which the new section is not on the same
4155 page as the previous section is when the previous section
4156 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
4161 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
4162 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4165 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
4166 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4168 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
4170 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
4176 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4179 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4180 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
4181 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4182 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
4188 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4189 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
4191 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4198 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4204 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4205 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4206 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
4210 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4213 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4215 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4216 && (i
- phdr_index
!= 1
4217 || ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
4218 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)))
4220 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4228 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4231 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
4238 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
4239 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4240 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4241 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4242 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
4244 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4246 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4247 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
4252 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4253 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
4254 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
4256 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
4257 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4258 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2
->next
->name
, ".note")
4259 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
, 2)
4265 amt
+= (count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4266 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4270 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
4274 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
4275 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4278 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
4279 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4283 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4291 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4294 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4295 amt
+= (tls_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4296 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4301 m
->count
= tls_count
;
4302 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4304 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4306 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
; ++i
)
4308 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
4311 (_("%B: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd
);
4314 while (i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
)
4316 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
4318 _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %A"), s
);
4322 _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %A"), s
);
4325 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4336 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4338 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
);
4339 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
4340 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4342 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4343 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4347 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
4349 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
4355 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4357 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4358 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4362 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
4363 m
->p_flags
= elf_stack_flags (abfd
);
4364 m
->p_align
= bed
->stack_align
;
4365 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4366 m
->p_align_valid
= m
->p_align
!= 0;
4367 if (info
->stacksize
> 0)
4369 m
->p_size
= info
->stacksize
;
4370 m
->p_size_valid
= 1;
4377 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4379 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4381 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4383 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
>= info
->relro_start
4384 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
< info
->relro_end
)
4387 while (--i
!= (unsigned) -1)
4388 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
4389 == (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
4392 if (i
!= (unsigned) -1)
4397 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
4400 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4401 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4405 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
4407 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4415 elf_seg_map (abfd
) = mfirst
;
4418 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
4421 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4423 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4428 if (sections
!= NULL
)
4433 /* Sort sections by address. */
4436 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
4438 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
4439 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
4440 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
4442 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
4443 place the section into a segment. */
4444 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
4446 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
4449 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4450 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4451 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
4453 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
4456 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4458 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4464 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4465 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4466 if (sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
!= 0)
4467 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4472 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
4477 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4478 before others at the same address. */
4480 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
4481 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
4488 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4491 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4493 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4494 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4495 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4496 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4497 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4500 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4501 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4503 /* In other words, something like:
4505 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4506 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4507 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4508 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4510 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4512 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4515 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
4517 /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
4518 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
4520 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
4524 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
4527 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
4532 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
4533 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
4534 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
4535 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
4536 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
4537 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
4539 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
4540 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
4544 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
4545 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
4546 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
4552 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
4557 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
4559 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
4562 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
4567 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4568 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4572 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4573 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4575 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4576 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4577 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4578 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4580 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
4583 bfd_vma header_pad
= 0;
4585 if (link_info
== NULL
4586 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
4590 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4594 header_pad
= m
->header_size
;
4599 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4600 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4604 /* PR binutils/12467. */
4605 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= 0;
4606 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= 0;
4609 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
4611 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) == (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4612 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4614 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
)
4615 >= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
4619 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4623 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
4624 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
4625 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
4626 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
4627 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
4629 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
4630 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
4631 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
4632 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) % bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
4634 phdrs
= (Elf_Internal_Phdr
*)
4636 (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
),
4637 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
4638 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
4643 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4644 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4646 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4647 off
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4648 if (header_pad
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
4654 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
, j
= 0;
4656 m
= m
->next
, p
++, j
++)
4660 bfd_boolean no_contents
;
4662 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4663 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4664 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4665 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4666 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4668 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
4669 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
4670 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
4673 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4674 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4675 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4676 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4677 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
4678 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
4679 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
4684 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
4686 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4687 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
4688 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4691 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
4693 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4694 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4696 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4697 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4698 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4699 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4700 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4701 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4702 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4704 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4705 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
4707 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
4709 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4710 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
4711 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4712 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
4716 no_contents
= FALSE
;
4718 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4721 bfd_size_type align
;
4722 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
4724 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4728 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4730 unsigned int secalign
;
4732 secalign
= bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, *secpp
);
4733 if (secalign
> align_power
)
4734 align_power
= secalign
;
4736 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
4737 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
4738 align
= maxpagesize
;
4741 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4742 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
4743 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
4744 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
4745 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
4746 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
4748 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
4751 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4752 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
4754 no_contents
= FALSE
;
4758 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
);
4762 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
4763 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
4764 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
4765 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
4766 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
4767 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
4768 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
4769 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
4774 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4775 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4776 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
4778 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
4781 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4783 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4786 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
4787 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
4788 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4789 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
4795 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4797 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4799 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4800 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4803 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
4805 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4806 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4808 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4813 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4818 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4820 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4823 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
4825 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4829 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4830 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4831 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4835 p
->p_filesz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4836 p
->p_memsz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4839 p
->p_filesz
+= header_pad
;
4840 p
->p_memsz
+= header_pad
;
4844 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4845 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
4847 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
4853 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
4855 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4856 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4860 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4861 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4862 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4863 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4864 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4865 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4868 bfd_size_type align
;
4869 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
4872 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
4873 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, sec
);
4875 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4876 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4877 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
4878 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
4879 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
4880 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
4882 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
;
4883 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
;
4884 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
;
4885 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
;
4889 || p_end
< p_start
))
4891 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4892 (_("%B: section %A lma %#lx adjusted to %#lx"), abfd
, sec
,
4893 (unsigned long) s_start
, (unsigned long) p_end
);
4897 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4899 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4901 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
4903 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
4904 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
4906 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
4907 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
4911 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4915 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
4917 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4921 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
4922 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4923 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4929 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4938 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
4940 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
4941 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4942 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4944 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
4945 && (this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0
4946 && this_hdr
->sh_offset
== 0)
4948 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
4949 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
4950 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
4951 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
4952 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
4953 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
4955 bfd_vma adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr
->sh_addr
,
4957 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
+ adjust
;
4960 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4962 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4963 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
4964 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
4965 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
4966 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4967 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4969 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4971 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4972 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4974 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4976 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
4977 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4980 if (align
> p
->p_align
4981 && !m
->p_align_valid
4982 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
4983 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
4987 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4990 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
4992 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
4999 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
5000 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
5001 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5003 bfd_boolean check_vma
= TRUE
;
5005 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5006 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
5007 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
5008 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
5009 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
5010 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
5012 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
5017 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5019 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5022 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
5023 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
5024 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0)
5025 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr
, p
))
5027 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5028 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
5030 print_segment_map (m
);
5036 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5040 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
5043 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5044 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5046 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5047 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
5048 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
5049 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
5050 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
5051 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
5052 struct elf_segment_map
*hdrs_segment
;
5053 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
, filehdr_paddr
;
5054 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr
, phdrs_paddr
;
5056 unsigned int num_sec
;
5060 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5061 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5062 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
5063 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
5065 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
5068 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
5069 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
5070 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5071 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
5072 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
5073 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5075 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
5076 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5077 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
5079 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
5081 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
5082 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
5083 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
5084 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
5087 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
5089 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
5092 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5093 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
5094 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]
5095 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)]
5096 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)])
5097 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
5099 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
5102 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
5103 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
5107 phdrs_vaddr
= bed
->maxpagesize
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5109 hdrs_segment
= NULL
;
5110 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
5111 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
5114 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5117 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5119 filehdr_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
5120 filehdr_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
5122 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5124 phdrs_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
5125 phdrs_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
5126 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5129 phdrs_vaddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5130 phdrs_paddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5135 if (hdrs_segment
!= NULL
&& link_info
!= NULL
)
5137 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
5138 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
5139 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
5141 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
5142 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info
), "__ehdr_start",
5143 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5144 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
5146 && (hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
5147 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5148 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5149 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
5152 if (hdrs_segment
->count
!= 0)
5153 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
5154 s
= hdrs_segment
->sections
[0];
5156 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
5157 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5166 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
- s
->vma
;
5167 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5171 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
;
5172 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
5175 hash
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5176 hash
->def_regular
= 1;
5181 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
5183 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
5185 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
5186 struct elf_segment_map
*lm
;
5188 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
5190 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
5192 for (lm
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), lp
= phdrs
;
5194 lm
= lm
->next
, lp
++)
5196 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5197 && lp
->p_vaddr
< link_info
->relro_end
5199 && lm
->sections
[0]->vma
>= link_info
->relro_start
)
5203 BFD_ASSERT (lm
!= NULL
);
5207 /* Otherwise we are copying an executable or shared
5208 library, but we need to use the same linker logic. */
5209 for (lp
= phdrs
; lp
< phdrs
+ count
; ++lp
)
5211 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5212 && lp
->p_paddr
== p
->p_paddr
)
5217 if (lp
< phdrs
+ count
)
5219 p
->p_vaddr
= lp
->p_vaddr
;
5220 p
->p_paddr
= lp
->p_paddr
;
5221 p
->p_offset
= lp
->p_offset
;
5222 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
5223 p
->p_filesz
= link_info
->relro_end
- lp
->p_vaddr
;
5224 else if (m
->p_size_valid
)
5225 p
->p_filesz
= m
->p_size
;
5228 p
->p_memsz
= p
->p_filesz
;
5229 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are valid. The
5230 gold linker generates RW/4 for the PT_GNU_RELRO section.
5231 It is better for objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
5232 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate debug files.
5234 if (!m
->p_align_valid
)
5236 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5237 p
->p_flags
= (lp
->p_flags
& ~PF_W
);
5241 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
5242 p
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5245 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
5247 if (m
->p_size_valid
)
5248 p
->p_memsz
= m
->p_size
;
5250 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
5252 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5253 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
5254 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
5256 if (m
->includes_filehdr
|| m
->includes_phdrs
)
5258 /* PR 17512: file: 2195325e. */
5259 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5260 (_("%B: warning: non-load segment includes file header and/or program header"),
5266 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
5267 for (i
= m
->count
; i
-- != 0;)
5269 asection
*sect
= m
->sections
[i
];
5270 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
5271 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5273 p
->p_filesz
= (sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
5280 else if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5282 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr_vaddr
;
5283 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5284 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr_paddr
;
5286 else if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5288 p
->p_vaddr
= phdrs_vaddr
;
5289 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5290 p
->p_paddr
= phdrs_paddr
;
5294 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5299 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
5300 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
5301 VMAs must be known before this is called.
5303 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
5304 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
5305 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
5306 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
5307 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
5308 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
5309 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
5311 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
5314 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
5315 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5317 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
5318 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5319 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5321 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
5322 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5324 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5325 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5326 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
5330 /* Start after the ELF header. */
5331 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
5333 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
5334 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
5335 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
5336 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
5338 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
5341 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5342 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
5343 || i
== elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
5344 || i
== elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)
5345 || i
== elf_strtab_sec (abfd
))
5347 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
5350 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
5353 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5359 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
5360 assignment of sections to segments. */
5361 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
5364 /* And for non-load sections. */
5365 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
5368 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
!= NULL
)
5370 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
5374 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=. */
5375 if (link_info
!= NULL
5376 && link_info
->executable
5377 && link_info
->shared
)
5379 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
5380 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
5381 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*end_segment
= &segment
[num_segments
];
5383 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
5384 bfd_vma p_vaddr
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5385 for (; segment
< end_segment
; segment
++)
5386 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& p_vaddr
> segment
->p_vaddr
)
5387 p_vaddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
5389 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
5390 segments is non-zero. */
5392 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
5395 /* Write out the program headers. */
5396 alloc
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5397 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, (bfd_signed_vma
) bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5398 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
5406 prep_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
5408 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
5409 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
5410 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5412 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5414 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
5415 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
5418 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
5420 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
5421 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
5422 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
5423 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
5425 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
5426 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
5427 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
5428 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
5430 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5431 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
5432 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
5433 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
5434 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5435 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
5437 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
5439 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
5441 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
5442 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
5445 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
5446 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
5447 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
5448 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
5449 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
5450 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
5451 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
5452 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
5454 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
5457 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
5458 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5460 /* No program header, for now. */
5461 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
5462 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
5463 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
5465 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
5466 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
5467 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
5469 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
5470 if (abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
)
5471 /* It all happens later. */
5475 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
5476 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
5479 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5480 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
5481 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5482 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
5483 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5484 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
5485 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
5486 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
5487 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
5493 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
5494 of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */
5497 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd
*abfd
)
5500 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
5501 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
;
5502 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
5503 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5505 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
5507 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5508 for (i
= 1, shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, shdrpp
++)
5510 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
5513 if ((shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5514 && shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
5515 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
5518 /* Place the section headers. */
5519 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5520 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5521 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
5522 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
5523 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
5524 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5528 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5530 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5531 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
5533 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
5534 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
5536 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
5537 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
5540 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5543 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
5547 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd
);
5549 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
5550 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5551 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
5553 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
5554 (*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]);
5555 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
5557 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
5559 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5560 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
5565 /* Write out the section header names. */
5566 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
5567 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
5568 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5569 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
5572 if (bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
)
5573 (*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
, elf_linker (abfd
));
5575 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
5578 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
5579 if (t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
!= NULL
)
5580 return (*t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
5586 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5588 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
5589 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
5592 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
5595 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
5597 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5598 unsigned int sec_index
;
5600 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
5601 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
5602 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
5604 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
5605 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
5606 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
5607 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
5608 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
5609 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
5611 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
5613 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5614 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
5616 int retval
= sec_index
;
5618 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
5622 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
5623 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
5628 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
5632 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
5634 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
5636 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
5638 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5639 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5640 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5641 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5642 input sections rather than the output section. */
5643 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
5644 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
5645 && asym_ptr
->section
)
5650 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
5651 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5652 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
5653 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
5654 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
5655 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
5656 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
5659 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
5663 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5664 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5665 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5666 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5667 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
5668 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
5675 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx\n",
5676 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, (long) flags
);
5684 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5687 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5689 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
5690 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
5691 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
5692 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
5693 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5696 unsigned int num_segments
;
5697 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
5698 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
5699 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
5700 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
5701 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
5702 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5704 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
5705 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
5708 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
5710 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5711 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
5713 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5714 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5715 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5716 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5718 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5719 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5720 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5721 ? section->size : 0)
5723 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5724 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5725 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5726 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5727 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5728 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5730 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5731 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5732 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5733 (section->lma >= base \
5734 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5735 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5737 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
5738 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
5739 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5740 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
5741 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5742 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5743 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5745 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
5747 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5749 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5753 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5754 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5755 p_memsz set to 0. */
5756 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5758 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5759 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5760 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5761 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5763 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5764 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5765 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5767 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5768 A section will be included if:
5769 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5770 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5771 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
5773 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5774 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5775 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5776 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5777 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5778 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5779 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5780 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5781 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5782 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5783 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5784 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5785 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5786 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5787 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5788 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5789 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5790 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5791 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5792 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5793 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5794 || (segment->p_paddr \
5795 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5796 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5797 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5799 && !section->segment_mark)
5801 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
5802 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5803 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5804 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
5805 && section->output_section != NULL)
5807 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5808 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5809 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5811 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5812 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5813 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5814 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5815 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5817 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5818 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5819 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5820 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5821 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5823 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5824 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5825 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5827 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5828 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5829 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5830 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5831 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
5832 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5835 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
5837 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
5841 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5842 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5843 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5844 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5845 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5850 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
5852 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
5853 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
5854 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
5856 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5857 assignment code will work. */
5858 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
5862 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5864 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
5865 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
5866 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5870 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5871 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
5873 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
5875 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5876 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
5879 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5880 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
5882 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5884 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
5885 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
5887 if (extra_length
> 0)
5889 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5890 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5893 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5895 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5897 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5902 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5904 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
5905 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
5907 if (extra_length
> 0)
5909 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5910 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5913 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5918 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5919 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5923 unsigned int section_count
;
5924 asection
**sections
;
5925 asection
*output_section
;
5927 bfd_vma matching_lma
;
5928 bfd_vma suggested_lma
;
5931 asection
*first_section
;
5932 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma
;
5933 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma
;
5935 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5938 first_section
= NULL
;
5939 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5940 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
5942 section
= section
->next
)
5944 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
5945 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5946 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5948 if (first_section
== NULL
)
5949 first_section
= section
;
5950 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5955 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5956 all of the sections we have selected. */
5957 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5958 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5959 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
5963 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5964 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5966 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5967 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5968 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5970 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
5971 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
5973 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5975 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
5976 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
5979 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5980 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5981 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
5982 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
5983 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5985 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5987 map
->includes_phdrs
=
5988 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5989 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
5990 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5991 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
5993 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
5994 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
5997 if (section_count
== 0)
5999 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
6000 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
6001 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
6002 a warning is produced. */
6003 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
6004 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("\
6005 %B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?"),
6009 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6010 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6015 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
6016 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
6017 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
6018 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
6020 1. None of the sections have been moved.
6021 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
6024 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
6025 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
6026 of the first section.
6028 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
6029 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
6030 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
6031 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
6032 have to be created to contain the other sections.
6034 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
6035 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
6036 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
6037 or segments to contain the other sections.
6039 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
6040 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
6041 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
6043 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (section_count
, sizeof (asection
*));
6044 if (sections
== NULL
)
6047 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
6048 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
6049 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
6050 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
6051 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
6056 first_matching_lma
= TRUE
;
6057 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
6059 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
6061 section
= section
->next
)
6062 if (section
== first_section
)
6065 for (j
= 0; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6067 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
6069 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
6071 sections
[j
++] = section
;
6073 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
6074 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
6075 correct value. Note - some backends require that
6076 p_paddr be left as zero. */
6078 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
6079 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6081 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
6082 && output_section
->vma
== (segment
->p_vaddr
6083 + (map
->includes_filehdr
6086 + (map
->includes_phdrs
6088 * iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
6090 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
6092 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
6093 LMA address of the output section. */
6094 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
6095 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
6096 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6097 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
)))
6099 if (first_matching_lma
|| output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
)
6101 matching_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6102 first_matching_lma
= FALSE
;
6105 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
6106 then it does not overlap any other section within that
6108 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
6110 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
6112 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6113 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
6116 if (j
== section_count
)
6121 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
6123 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
6125 if (isec
== section_count
)
6127 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
6128 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
6129 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
6130 program header in the input BFD. */
6131 map
->count
= section_count
;
6132 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6133 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6136 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6137 && matching_lma
!= map
->p_paddr
6138 && !map
->includes_filehdr
6139 && !map
->includes_phdrs
)
6140 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
6141 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
6143 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= matching_lma
- map
->p_paddr
;
6150 if (!first_matching_lma
)
6152 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
6153 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
6154 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
6155 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
;
6159 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
6160 Change the current segment's physical address to match
6161 the LMA of the first section. */
6162 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
6165 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
6166 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
6167 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
6169 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
)
6170 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
6173 map
->includes_filehdr
= FALSE
;
6174 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
6178 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
6180 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
6182 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
6184 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
6185 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
6186 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
6187 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
6188 offset when we know the correct value. */
6189 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
6190 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
6193 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
6197 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
6198 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
6199 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
6200 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
6201 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
6202 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
6209 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
6211 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
6212 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
6214 section
= sections
[j
];
6216 if (section
== NULL
)
6219 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
6221 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
6223 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
6224 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
6226 if (map
->count
== 0)
6228 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
6229 the beginning of the segment, then something is
6231 if (output_section
->lma
6233 + (map
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
6234 + (map
->includes_phdrs
6235 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
6243 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
6245 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
6246 and the start of this section is more than
6247 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
6248 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
6250 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
6251 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
6252 > output_section
->lma
))
6254 if (first_suggested_lma
)
6256 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6257 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
6264 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
6267 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
6269 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
6271 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6272 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
6276 BFD_ASSERT (map
->count
> 0);
6278 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
6279 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6280 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6282 if (isec
< section_count
)
6284 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
6285 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
6286 and carry on looping. */
6287 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
6288 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
6289 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
6296 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
6297 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
6298 not yet been assigned. */
6300 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6301 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6302 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6303 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
6304 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6305 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
6306 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6309 while (isec
< section_count
);
6314 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
6316 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
6317 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
6318 the offset if necessary. */
6319 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
6323 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
6326 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
6327 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
6328 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
6333 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
6334 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
6336 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
6337 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
6338 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
6339 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
6340 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
6341 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
6345 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
6348 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6350 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6351 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6352 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6353 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6354 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6356 unsigned int num_segments
;
6357 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
6358 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
6360 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6363 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6365 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
6366 map->p_paddr_valid. */
6367 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6368 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6369 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6372 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6374 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6378 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6383 unsigned int section_count
;
6385 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
6386 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
6387 asection
*lowest_section
;
6389 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
6390 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
6392 section
= section
->next
)
6394 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6395 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6397 if (first_section
== NULL
)
6398 first_section
= section
;
6403 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6404 all of the sections we have selected. */
6405 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
6406 if (section_count
!= 0)
6407 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
6408 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
6412 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
6415 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6416 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6417 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6418 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
6419 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6420 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
6421 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
6422 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
6424 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
6425 || map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
6427 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
6428 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
6429 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
6430 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
6431 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
6433 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
6434 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
6437 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6438 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6439 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
6440 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
6442 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6443 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6445 map
->includes_phdrs
=
6446 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6447 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
6448 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6449 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
6451 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
6452 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
6455 lowest_section
= NULL
;
6456 if (section_count
!= 0)
6458 unsigned int isec
= 0;
6460 for (section
= first_section
;
6462 section
= section
->next
)
6464 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6465 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6467 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
6468 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6472 if (lowest_section
== NULL
6473 || section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
6474 lowest_section
= section
;
6476 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
6477 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
6478 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
6479 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
6481 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
6482 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
6484 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
6485 if (section
->lma
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
6486 map
->p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6488 if (isec
== section_count
)
6494 if (map
->includes_filehdr
&& lowest_section
!= NULL
)
6495 /* We need to keep the space used by the headers fixed. */
6496 map
->header_size
= lowest_section
->vma
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
6498 if (!map
->includes_phdrs
6499 && !map
->includes_filehdr
6500 && map
->p_paddr_valid
)
6501 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
6502 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0)
6503 - segment
->p_paddr
);
6505 map
->count
= section_count
;
6506 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6507 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6510 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
6514 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
6518 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6520 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6521 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6524 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
6527 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
6529 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
6530 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
6531 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6532 asection
*section
, *osec
;
6533 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
6534 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
6535 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6537 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6539 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
6540 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
6543 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
6544 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
6545 section
= section
->next
)
6546 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6548 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6549 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6553 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
6554 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
6555 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
6556 map in this case. */
6557 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
6558 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
6559 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
6562 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
6563 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6565 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
6566 from the input BFD. */
6567 osec
= section
->output_section
;
6569 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
6571 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
6572 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6573 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6575 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
6576 removed. What else do we need to check? */
6578 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
6579 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
6580 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
6581 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
6582 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
6583 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
6589 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
6591 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
6592 section
= section
->next
)
6594 if (section
->segment_mark
== FALSE
)
6597 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6600 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
6604 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
6606 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
6607 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
6608 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6610 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6611 bfd_vma maxpagesize
= 0;
6613 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6616 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
6617 && maxpagesize
< segment
->p_align
)
6619 /* PR 17512: file: f17299af. */
6620 if (segment
->p_align
> (bfd_vma
) 1 << ((sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 2))
6621 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("\
6622 %B: warning: segment alignment of 0x%llx is too large"),
6623 ibfd
, (long long) segment
->p_align
);
6625 maxpagesize
= segment
->p_align
;
6628 if (maxpagesize
!= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
)
6629 bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd
), maxpagesize
);
6632 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
6635 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
6638 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6642 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6645 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
6646 bfd_boolean final_link
= link_info
!= NULL
&& !link_info
->relocatable
;
6648 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
6649 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6652 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
) != NULL
);
6654 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF
6655 section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been
6656 set to something different. For a final link allow some flags
6657 that the linker clears to differ. */
6658 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
6659 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
6661 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
6662 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
6663 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
6665 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
6666 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
6667 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
6669 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
6670 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
6671 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
6672 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
6675 if (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
6676 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
6678 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
6679 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
6680 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
6681 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
6685 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
6687 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
6688 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
6689 may be NULL at this point. */
6690 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
6692 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
6693 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
6694 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
6697 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
6702 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
6703 field, and sometimes the info field. */
6706 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6711 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
6713 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
6714 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6717 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
6718 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
6720 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
6722 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
6723 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
6724 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
6725 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
6726 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
6728 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
6732 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
6733 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
6734 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
6735 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
6736 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
6740 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
6744 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
6745 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
6747 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
6748 asection
*s
= first
;
6749 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
6753 /* If this member section is being output but the
6754 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
6755 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
6756 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
6757 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
6759 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
6760 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
6762 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
6763 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
6764 else if (s
->output_section
== discarded
6765 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
6767 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
6773 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
6775 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
6776 adjust the input section size. This function may
6777 be called multiple times, so save the original
6779 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
6780 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
6781 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
6785 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
6787 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
6795 /* Copy private header information. */
6798 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6800 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6801 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6804 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
6805 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
6806 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
6807 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
6808 already been worked out. */
6809 if (elf_seg_map (obfd
) == NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
6811 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
6815 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
6818 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
6819 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
6820 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
6821 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
6822 swap_out_syms function. */
6824 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
6825 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6826 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6827 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6828 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6831 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6836 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
6838 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6839 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6842 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
6843 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
6846 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
6848 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
6852 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6853 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
6854 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
6855 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
6856 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
6857 else if (shndx
== elf_strtab_sec (ibfd
))
6859 else if (shndx
== elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd
))
6860 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
6861 else if (shndx
== elf_symtab_shndx (ibfd
))
6862 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
6863 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6869 /* Swap out the symbols. */
6872 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
6873 struct bfd_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
6876 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6879 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*stt
;
6880 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6881 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6882 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
6883 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
6884 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
6886 unsigned int num_locals
;
6888 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
6890 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
, &num_locals
))
6893 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6894 stt
= _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6898 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6899 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
6900 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6901 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
6902 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6903 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
6904 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= num_locals
+ 1;
6905 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
6907 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
6908 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6910 outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
,
6911 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
6912 if (outbound_syms
== NULL
)
6914 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6917 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
6919 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
6920 symtab_shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6921 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
6923 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (1 + symcount
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6924 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*)
6925 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
6926 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
6928 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6932 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
6933 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
6934 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
6935 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6936 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6939 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6941 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6942 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6948 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6949 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
6950 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6951 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6952 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6953 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6957 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6958 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
6960 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
6961 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
6963 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6964 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
6965 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
6966 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
6969 if (!name_local_sections
6970 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6972 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6977 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt
,
6980 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
6982 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6987 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
6989 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
6990 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6992 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6993 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6994 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6995 sym
.st_size
= value
;
6996 if (type_ptr
== NULL
6997 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
6998 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
7000 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
7001 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
7002 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
7006 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
7009 if (sec
->output_section
)
7011 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
7012 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
7015 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
7016 if (! relocatable_p
)
7018 sym
.st_value
= value
;
7019 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
7021 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
7023 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
7025 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
7026 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
7027 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
7028 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
7032 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
7035 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
7038 shndx
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
7041 shndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
7044 shndx
= elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
);
7053 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
7055 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
7059 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
7060 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
7061 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
7062 demand of applications. For example, it
7063 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
7064 section of a symbol to be a section that is
7065 actually in the output file. */
7066 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
7069 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
7070 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
7071 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
7073 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7074 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
7078 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
7079 BFD_ASSERT (shndx
!= SHN_BAD
);
7083 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
7086 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
7088 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
7089 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
7090 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
7092 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
7094 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
7096 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
7101 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
7104 /* Processor-specific types. */
7105 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
7106 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
7107 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
7108 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
7110 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
7112 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
7113 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
7115 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
7117 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
7119 #ifdef USE_STT_COMMON
7120 if (type
== STT_OBJECT
)
7121 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_COMMON
);
7124 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
7126 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
7127 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
7131 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
7132 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
7135 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
7137 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
7139 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
7140 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
7141 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
7143 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
7146 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
7149 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
7151 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
7152 sym
.st_target_internal
7153 = type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_target_internal
;
7158 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
7161 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
7162 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7163 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
7164 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7168 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_stringtab_size (stt
);
7169 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
7171 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
7172 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
7173 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7174 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
7175 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
7176 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
7181 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
7183 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
7184 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
7185 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
7188 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
7192 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7194 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7195 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
7197 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
7203 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
7207 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
7209 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
7211 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7215 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7216 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
7218 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
7224 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7227 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
7230 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
7233 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
7240 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7242 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
7245 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
7246 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
7247 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
7251 return section
->reloc_count
;
7255 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
7257 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7258 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
7261 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
7266 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
7267 asymbol
**allocation
)
7269 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7270 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
7273 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
7277 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
7278 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
7279 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
7280 dynamic reloc section. */
7283 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
7288 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
7290 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7294 ret
= sizeof (arelent
*);
7295 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7296 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
7297 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
7298 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
7299 ret
+= ((s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
)
7300 * sizeof (arelent
*));
7305 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
7306 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
7307 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
7308 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
7309 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
7310 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
7311 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
7314 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
7318 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
7322 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
7324 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7328 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
7330 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7332 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
7333 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
7334 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
7339 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
7341 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
7343 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
7354 /* Read in the version information. */
7357 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
7359 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
7360 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
7362 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
7364 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7365 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
7366 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
7368 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
7370 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
7372 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0 || hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
7374 error_return_bad_verref
:
7375 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7376 (_("%B: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd
);
7377 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7378 error_return_verref
:
7379 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
7380 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
7384 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7385 if (contents
== NULL
)
7386 goto error_return_verref
;
7388 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7389 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
7390 goto error_return_verref
;
7392 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*)
7393 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
));
7395 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
7396 goto error_return_verref
;
7398 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
7399 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
7400 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
7401 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
7402 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
7403 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
7405 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
7406 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
7409 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
7411 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
7413 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
7414 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7416 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
7417 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
7419 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
7420 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
7423 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
7424 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
7425 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
));
7426 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
7427 goto error_return_verref
;
7430 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
7431 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
7432 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
7434 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
7435 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
7436 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
7437 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
7439 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
7441 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
7442 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7443 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
7444 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
7445 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
7447 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
7448 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
7450 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
7451 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
== 0)
7453 iverneed
->vn_cnt
= j
+ 1;
7456 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
7457 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
7459 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
7460 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
7461 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
7463 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
7464 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
7467 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
7468 if (iverneed
->vn_next
== 0)
7470 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
7471 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
7473 if (iverneed
->vn_next
7474 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
7475 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
7477 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
7478 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
7480 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= i
;
7486 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
7488 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7489 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
7490 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
7491 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
7492 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
7494 unsigned int maxidx
;
7495 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
7497 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
7499 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0 || hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
7501 error_return_bad_verdef
:
7502 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7503 (_("%B: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd
);
7504 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7505 error_return_verdef
:
7506 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
7507 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
7511 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7512 if (contents
== NULL
)
7513 goto error_return_verdef
;
7514 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7515 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
7516 goto error_return_verdef
;
7518 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
7519 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
7520 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
7521 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
7522 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
7523 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
7525 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
7526 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
7528 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
7530 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
7532 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
7534 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) == 0)
7535 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
7536 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
7537 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
7539 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
== 0)
7542 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
7543 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
7544 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
7546 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
7547 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
7550 if (default_imported_symver
)
7552 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
7558 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
7559 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
7560 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
7561 goto error_return_verdef
;
7563 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
7565 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
7566 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
7567 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
7569 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
7570 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
7573 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
7575 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
7576 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
7578 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
7579 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
7581 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
7583 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
7584 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
7587 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
7588 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
7589 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
7590 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
7591 goto error_return_verdef
;
7595 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
7596 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
7598 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
7599 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
7600 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
7601 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
7603 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
7605 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
7606 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7607 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
7608 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
7609 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
7611 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
7612 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
== 0)
7614 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= j
+ 1;
7617 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
7618 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
7620 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
7621 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
7622 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
7624 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
7625 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
7628 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
7629 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
7631 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
7632 if (iverdef
->vd_next
== 0)
7634 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
7635 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
7637 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
7638 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
7644 else if (default_imported_symver
)
7651 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
7652 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
7653 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
7656 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
7659 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
7660 if (default_imported_symver
)
7662 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
7663 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
7665 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];
7667 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
7668 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
7669 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
7670 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
7672 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
7674 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
7675 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
7676 goto error_return_verdef
;
7677 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
7678 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= ((struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
7679 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
)));
7680 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
7681 goto error_return_verdef
;
7683 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
7684 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
7690 if (contents
!= NULL
)
7696 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
7698 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
7700 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof * newsym
);
7703 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
7704 return &newsym
->symbol
;
7708 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7712 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
7715 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
7716 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
7720 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7723 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
7724 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
7727 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
7728 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
7729 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
7732 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
7733 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
7734 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
7735 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
7736 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
7737 we treat such symbols as local. */
7738 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
7745 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7746 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7753 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
7754 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
7755 unsigned long machine
)
7757 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
7758 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
7759 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
7760 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
7761 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
7764 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
7767 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
7768 for error reporting. */
7771 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
7775 const char **filename_ptr
,
7776 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7777 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
7778 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
7782 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
7783 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7784 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
7785 dwarf_debug_sections
, 0,
7786 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
)
7787 || _bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
7788 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7791 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7792 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
7793 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7798 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
7799 &found
, filename_ptr
,
7800 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7801 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
7803 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
7806 if (symbols
== NULL
)
7809 if (! _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
7810 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
7817 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7820 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
7821 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7823 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
, NULL
, 0,
7824 filename_ptr
, NULL
, line_ptr
, NULL
,
7825 dwarf_debug_sections
, 0,
7826 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7829 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7830 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7831 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7832 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7833 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7836 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
7837 const char **filename_ptr
,
7838 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7839 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7842 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
7843 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7844 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7849 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7851 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7852 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
7854 if (!info
->relocatable
)
7856 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
7858 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
7860 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
7863 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7864 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
7867 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
7870 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = phdr_size
;
7878 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
7880 const void *location
,
7882 bfd_size_type count
)
7884 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7887 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
7888 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
7891 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
7892 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
7893 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7894 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
7901 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7902 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7903 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7908 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7911 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
7913 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7915 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
7917 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
7918 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7920 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7921 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7923 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
7925 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7928 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
7931 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
7934 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
7937 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
7940 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
7943 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
7949 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7951 if (areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7953 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7954 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
7956 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7961 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7967 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
7970 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
7973 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
7976 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
7979 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
7985 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7989 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
7997 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7998 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7999 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
8000 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8005 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
8007 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
8008 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
&& tdata
!= NULL
)
8010 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
!= NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
8011 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
8012 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
, &tdata
->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
8015 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
8018 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
8019 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
8020 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
8023 bfd_reloc_status_type
8024 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
8025 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8026 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8027 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8028 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8030 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
8033 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
8034 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
8035 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
8036 out details about the corefile. */
8038 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
8039 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
8040 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
8041 # include <sys/procfs.h>
8044 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
8045 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
8048 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
8052 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
;
8054 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
;
8059 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
8060 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
8061 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
8065 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
8069 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
8072 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
8076 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
8077 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
8078 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
8082 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
8083 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
8084 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
8085 such a section already exists.
8086 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
8087 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
8088 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
8090 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
8096 char *threaded_name
;
8100 /* Build the section name. */
8102 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
8103 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8104 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8105 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
8107 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
8109 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
8114 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
8115 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8117 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
8120 /* prstatus_t exists on:
8122 linux 2.[01] + glibc
8126 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8129 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8134 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
8138 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
8139 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
8140 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
8142 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
8143 has already been set by another thread. */
8144 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
8145 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
8146 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
8147 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8149 /* pr_who exists on:
8152 pr_who doesn't exist on:
8155 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
8156 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
8158 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8161 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
8162 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
8164 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8165 prstatus32_t prstat
;
8167 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
8168 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
8169 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
8171 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
8172 has already been set by another thread. */
8173 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
8174 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
8175 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
8176 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8178 /* pr_who exists on:
8181 pr_who doesn't exist on:
8184 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
8185 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
8187 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8190 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
8193 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8194 note size (ie. data object type). */
8198 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
8199 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
8200 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
8202 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
8204 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
8206 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
8208 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8210 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
8211 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
8214 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
8215 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
8216 data structure apart. */
8219 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8221 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8224 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
8225 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
8229 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8231 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
8234 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
8235 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
8236 contents literally. */
8239 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8241 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
8245 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8247 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
8251 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8253 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
8257 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8259 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
8263 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8265 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
8269 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8271 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
8275 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8277 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
8281 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8283 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
8287 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8289 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
8293 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8295 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-last-break", note
);
8299 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8301 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-system-call", note
);
8305 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8307 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-tdb", note
);
8311 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8313 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low", note
);
8317 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8319 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high", note
);
8323 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8325 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arm-vfp", note
);
8329 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8331 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-tls", note
);
8335 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8337 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note
);
8341 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8343 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note
);
8346 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
8347 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
8348 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8349 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
8353 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8354 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
8355 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8356 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
8360 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
8361 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
8362 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
8365 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
8368 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
8376 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
8380 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
8386 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8388 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8390 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
8392 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
8394 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
8396 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
8397 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
8399 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
8400 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
8401 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
8403 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
8404 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
8405 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
8407 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8408 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
8410 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8411 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
8413 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
8415 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
8416 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
8418 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
8419 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
8420 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
8422 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
8423 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
8424 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
8430 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8431 note size (ie. data object type). */
8435 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
8436 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
8437 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
8440 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
8441 int n
= strlen (command
);
8443 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
8444 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
8449 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
8451 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8453 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8455 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
8456 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
8457 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
8463 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
8465 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
8467 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
8468 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
8470 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8473 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
8475 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
8478 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
8479 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
8480 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
8484 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
8486 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8488 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8490 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
8496 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
8497 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
8498 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
8503 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8505 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
8506 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
8508 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
8509 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
8511 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8513 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
8514 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8515 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8518 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8520 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8524 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8525 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
8526 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
8527 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
8530 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8531 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
8532 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
8535 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8537 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
8540 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
8542 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
8543 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8544 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8547 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8549 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8553 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8554 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
8555 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
8556 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
8559 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
8560 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
8561 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
8564 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8566 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
8568 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
8571 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8578 int is_active_thread
;
8581 if (note
->descsz
< 728)
8584 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
8587 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
8591 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
8592 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
8593 /* process_info.pid */
8594 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
8595 /* process_info.signal */
8596 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
8599 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
8600 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8601 /* thread_info.tid */
8602 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8));
8604 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8605 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8609 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8611 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8615 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8617 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8618 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
8619 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8621 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
8622 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
8624 if (is_active_thread
)
8625 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
8629 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
8630 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
8631 /* module_info.base_address */
8632 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
8633 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
8635 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8636 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8640 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8642 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8647 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8648 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8649 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8660 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8662 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8670 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
8671 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
8673 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8674 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
8679 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8681 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
8684 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8686 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
8689 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
8690 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
8692 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
8693 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
8695 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
8696 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8697 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8698 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
8702 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
8703 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8704 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8705 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
8710 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8711 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8712 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
8717 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8718 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8719 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
8723 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
8724 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8725 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8726 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
8731 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8732 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8733 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
8737 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
8738 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8739 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8740 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
8744 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
8745 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8746 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8747 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
8752 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8753 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8754 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
8758 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
8759 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8760 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8761 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
8765 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
:
8766 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8767 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8768 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd
, note
);
8772 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
:
8773 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8774 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8775 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd
, note
);
8780 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8781 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8782 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd
, note
);
8786 case NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
:
8787 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8788 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8789 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, note
);
8793 case NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
:
8794 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8795 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8796 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, note
);
8801 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8802 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8803 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
8808 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8809 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8810 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd
, note
);
8814 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
:
8815 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8816 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8817 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, note
);
8821 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
:
8822 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8823 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8824 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, note
);
8830 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
8831 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
8833 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8834 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
8841 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
8846 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8847 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8848 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
8854 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.file",
8858 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
8864 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8866 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
8868 if (note
->descsz
== 0)
8871 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
8872 t
->build_id
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*t
->build_id
) - 1 + note
->descsz
);
8873 if (t
->build_id
== NULL
)
8876 t
->build_id
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8877 memcpy (t
->build_id
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
8883 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8890 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
8891 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
8896 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8898 struct sdt_note
*cur
=
8899 (struct sdt_note
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct sdt_note
)
8902 cur
->next
= (struct sdt_note
*) (elf_tdata (abfd
))->sdt_note_head
;
8903 cur
->size
= (bfd_size_type
) note
->descsz
;
8904 memcpy (cur
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
8906 elf_tdata (abfd
)->sdt_note_head
= cur
;
8912 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8917 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd
, note
);
8925 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
8929 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
8932 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
8939 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8941 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
8942 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
8943 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
8945 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
8946 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
8947 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
8949 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
8950 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
8951 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
8953 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
8958 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8962 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
8963 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwp
;
8965 if (note
->type
== NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
)
8967 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
8968 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
8969 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
8970 creates a core file. */
8972 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
8975 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
8976 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
8977 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
8980 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
8984 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
8986 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
8987 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
8989 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
8990 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
8993 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
8994 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8996 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
8997 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9003 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
9004 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
9009 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
9010 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
9012 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
9013 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9023 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9025 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
9026 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
9027 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
9029 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
9030 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
9031 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
9033 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
9034 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9035 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
9041 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9043 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
9044 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
9046 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
9047 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
9049 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
9050 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9052 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
9053 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
9055 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
9057 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
9062 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9063 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9064 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9069 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
9071 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
9076 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9077 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9078 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9087 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
9089 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
9096 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
9097 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
9099 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
9100 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
9102 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
9103 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
9105 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
9106 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
9108 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= sig
;
9109 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
9112 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
9113 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
9114 thread just in case. */
9115 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
9116 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
9118 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
9119 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
9121 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
9126 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9130 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9131 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9132 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9134 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
9138 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
9139 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
9147 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
9148 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
9150 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
9155 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9159 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9160 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9161 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9163 /* This is the current thread. */
9164 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
== tid
)
9165 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
9170 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
9171 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
9172 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
9173 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
9176 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9178 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
9179 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
9181 static long tid
= 1;
9185 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
9186 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
9187 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
9188 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
9189 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
9190 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
9191 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
9192 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
9199 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9205 /* Use note name as section name. */
9207 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9210 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
9211 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
9213 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9217 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9218 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9219 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
9224 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
9227 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
9231 size of data for note
9233 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
9234 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
9235 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
9236 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
9239 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
9242 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
9250 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
9257 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
9259 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
9261 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
9264 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
9265 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
9266 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
9267 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
9268 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
9269 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
9273 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
9281 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
9292 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
9298 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9300 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
9303 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9304 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
9309 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9310 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9311 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
9313 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9315 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
9318 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
9321 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9322 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
9323 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
9324 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9325 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
9330 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9332 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
9335 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
9338 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9339 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
9340 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
9341 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9342 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
9344 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
9351 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
9352 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
9353 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
9355 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32 data
;
9357 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9358 LINUX_PRPSINFO32_SWAP_FIELDS (abfd
, prpsinfo
, data
);
9360 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
9361 &data
, sizeof (data
));
9365 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
9366 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
9367 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
9369 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64 data
;
9371 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9372 LINUX_PRPSINFO64_SWAP_FIELDS (abfd
, prpsinfo
, data
);
9374 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9375 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
9379 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
9386 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9388 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
9391 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9393 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
9398 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9399 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9400 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
9402 prstatus32_t prstat
;
9404 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
9405 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
9406 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
9407 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
9408 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
9409 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
9416 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
9417 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
9418 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
9419 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
9420 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
9421 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
9423 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
9429 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9431 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
9438 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
9439 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
9441 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9442 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
9443 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
9444 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
9445 memcpy (&lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
9446 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9448 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
9449 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
9451 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
9452 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
9455 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
9456 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9458 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
9460 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9462 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
9466 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9467 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9469 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
9470 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9471 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9473 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
9477 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
9478 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
9479 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
9480 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
9488 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
9489 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
9490 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
9491 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
9495 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
9498 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
9504 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
9505 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9506 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
9510 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
9513 const void *xfpregs
,
9516 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9517 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9518 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
9522 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
9523 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
9525 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9526 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9527 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
9531 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
9534 const void *ppc_vmx
,
9537 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9538 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9539 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
9543 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
9546 const void *ppc_vsx
,
9549 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9550 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9551 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
9555 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
9558 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
9561 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9562 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9563 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
9564 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
9568 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
9571 const void *s390_timer
,
9574 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9575 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9576 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
9580 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
9583 const void *s390_todcmp
,
9586 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9587 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9588 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
9592 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
9595 const void *s390_todpreg
,
9598 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9599 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9600 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
9604 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
9607 const void *s390_ctrs
,
9610 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9611 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9612 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
9616 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
9619 const void *s390_prefix
,
9622 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9623 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9624 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
9628 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
,
9631 const void *s390_last_break
,
9634 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9635 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9636 note_name
, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
,
9637 s390_last_break
, size
);
9641 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
,
9644 const void *s390_system_call
,
9647 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9648 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9649 note_name
, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
,
9650 s390_system_call
, size
);
9654 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
,
9657 const void *s390_tdb
,
9660 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9661 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9662 note_name
, NT_S390_TDB
, s390_tdb
, size
);
9666 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
,
9669 const void *s390_vxrs_low
,
9672 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9673 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9674 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
, s390_vxrs_low
, size
);
9678 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
,
9681 const void *s390_vxrs_high
,
9684 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9685 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9686 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
,
9687 s390_vxrs_high
, size
);
9691 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
,
9694 const void *arm_vfp
,
9697 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9698 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9699 note_name
, NT_ARM_VFP
, arm_vfp
, size
);
9703 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
,
9706 const void *aarch_tls
,
9709 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9710 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9711 note_name
, NT_ARM_TLS
, aarch_tls
, size
);
9715 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
,
9718 const void *aarch_hw_break
,
9721 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9722 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9723 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
, aarch_hw_break
, size
);
9727 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
,
9730 const void *aarch_hw_watch
,
9733 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9734 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9735 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
, aarch_hw_watch
, size
);
9739 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
9742 const char *section
,
9746 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
9747 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9748 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
9749 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9750 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
9751 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9752 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
9753 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9754 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
9755 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9756 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
9757 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9758 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
9759 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9760 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
9761 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9762 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
9763 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9764 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
9765 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9766 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
9767 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9768 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
9769 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9770 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
9771 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9772 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
9773 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9774 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low") == 0)
9775 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9776 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high") == 0)
9777 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9778 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
9779 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9780 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
9781 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9782 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
9783 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9784 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
9785 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9790 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
)
9795 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
9797 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
9798 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
9799 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
9801 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
9804 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
9806 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
9807 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
9808 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
9811 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
9812 in
.descdata
= in
.namedata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.namesz
, 4);
9813 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
9815 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
9816 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
9819 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
9826 #define GROKER_ELEMENT(S,F) {S, sizeof (S) - 1, F}
9829 const char * string
;
9831 bfd_boolean (* func
)(bfd
*, Elf_Internal_Note
*);
9835 GROKER_ELEMENT ("", elfcore_grok_note
),
9836 GROKER_ELEMENT ("NetBSD-CORE", elfcore_grok_netbsd_note
),
9837 GROKER_ELEMENT ( "OpenBSD", elfcore_grok_openbsd_note
),
9838 GROKER_ELEMENT ("QNX", elfcore_grok_nto_note
),
9839 GROKER_ELEMENT ("SPU/", elfcore_grok_spu_note
)
9841 #undef GROKER_ELEMENT
9844 for (i
= ARRAY_SIZE (grokers
); i
--;)
9846 if (in
.namesz
>= grokers
[i
].len
9847 && strncmp (in
.namedata
, grokers
[i
].string
,
9848 grokers
[i
].len
) == 0)
9850 if (! grokers
[i
].func (abfd
, & in
))
9859 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
9861 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
9864 else if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "stapsdt"
9865 && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "stapsdt") == 0)
9867 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd
, &in
))
9873 p
= in
.descdata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.descsz
, 4);
9880 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
)
9887 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
9890 buf
= (char *) bfd_malloc (size
+ 1);
9894 /* PR 17512: file: ec08f814
9895 0-termintate the buffer so that string searches will not overflow. */
9898 if (bfd_bread (buf
, size
, abfd
) != size
9899 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
))
9909 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
9911 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
9912 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
9913 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
9916 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
9918 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9920 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
9924 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
9927 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
9928 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
9929 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
9930 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
9932 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
9933 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
9936 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
9940 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9942 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
9946 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
9947 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
9948 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
9953 enum elf_reloc_type_class
9954 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9955 const asection
*rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9956 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9958 return reloc_class_normal
;
9961 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
9962 relocation against a local symbol. */
9965 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
9966 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
9968 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
9970 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
9973 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
9974 + sec
->output_offset
9976 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
9977 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
9978 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
9981 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
9982 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
9983 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
9986 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
9987 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
9988 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
9989 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
9990 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
9991 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
9992 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
9995 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
9996 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
10002 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
10003 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
10007 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
10009 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
10010 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
10012 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
10013 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
10014 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
10018 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
10019 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10023 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
10025 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
10026 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
10028 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
10029 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
10031 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
) != 0)
10033 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10034 bfd_size_type address_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
10035 offset
= sec
->size
- offset
- address_size
;
10041 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
10042 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
10043 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
10044 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
10045 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
10046 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
10048 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
10049 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
10050 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
10051 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
10052 the remote memory. */
10055 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
10058 bfd_size_type size
,
10059 bfd_vma
*loadbasep
,
10060 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
))
10062 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
10063 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, size
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
10067 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
10068 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10069 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10074 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10077 const char *relplt_name
;
10078 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
10082 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
10088 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
10091 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
10094 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
10097 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
10098 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
10099 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
10100 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
10101 if (relplt
== NULL
)
10104 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
10105 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
10106 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
10109 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
10113 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
10114 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
10117 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
10118 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
10119 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
10120 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
10122 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
10123 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
10126 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
10128 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
10133 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
10137 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
10138 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
10140 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
10145 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
10146 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
10149 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
10150 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
10151 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
10152 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
10153 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
10154 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
10156 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
10159 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
10160 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
10162 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
10166 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
10167 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
10168 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
10169 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
10172 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
10175 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
10176 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
10183 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
10184 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
10185 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
,
10186 SEC_IS_COMMON
, NULL
, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
10189 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (bfd
* abfd
,
10190 struct bfd_link_info
* link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10192 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
* i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
10194 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
10196 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
10198 /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the
10199 osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains symbols of
10200 the STT_GNU_IFUNC type or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
10201 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
10202 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_symbols
)
10203 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_GNU
;
10207 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
10208 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
10209 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
10212 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
10214 return (type
== STT_FUNC
10215 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
10218 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
10219 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
10220 otherwise return zero. */
10223 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
10226 bfd_size_type size
;
10228 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
10229 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0
10230 || sym
->section
!= sec
)
10233 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
10235 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
10236 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;